annotate etc/NEWS @ 30889:5f9c434a6e88

(calculator): Add :version. (calculator): Use two lines for calculator window if `modeline' face is boxed.
author Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
date Wed, 16 Aug 2000 21:24:00 +0000
parents 3be7720ce052
children 6c3081f54e62
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2000-08-14
27200
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
2 Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 See the end for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
6 For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
25995
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
9 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
10
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
11 ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
12
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
13 ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
14 the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
16 ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
17 images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
18 to list them.
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
19
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
20 ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
21 Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
22
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
23 ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
24 Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
25
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
26 ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
27 support 64-bit executables. See etc/MACHINES for instructions.
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
28
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
29
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
30 * Changes in Emacs 21.1
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
31
30871
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
32 ** Polish and German translations of Emacs' reference card have been
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
33 added. They are named `refcard-pl.tex' and `refcard-de.tex'.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
34 Postscript files are included.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
35
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
36 ** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
37 `dired-ref.tex'.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
38
30693
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
39 ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
40 expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
41
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
42 This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
43 determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
44 mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
45 interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
46 regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
47 associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
48
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
49 ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
50 displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
51 menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
52 menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
53
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
54 ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable because it contains
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
55 a version-dependent component.
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
56
30155
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
57 ** The <delete> function key is now bound to `delete-char' by default.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
58 Note that this takes effect only on window systems. On TTYs, Emacs
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
59 will receive ASCII 127 when the DEL key is pressed. This
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
60 character is still bound as before.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
61
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
62 ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
63 using that menu.
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
64
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
65 ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
66 suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to executable-chmod.
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
67
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
68 ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
69 buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
70 contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
71 by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
72 insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
73 the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
74 Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
75
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
76 ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
77 coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
78 escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
79 such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
80 recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
81 always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
82 read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
83 (`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
84 RET C-x C-f filename RET.
30205
e596e66d3044 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30203
diff changeset
85
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
86 ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
87 environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
88
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
89 ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
90 point in a pop-up window.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
91
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
92 ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
93 displays all characters in that character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
94
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
95 ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
96 coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
97
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
98 ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
99 on the context.
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
100
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
101 ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
102
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
103 ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
104 been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
105
28799
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
106 ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
107 `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
108 indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
109 indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
110
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
111 ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
112 sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
28776
49a91eb4274c Describe the different auto-save-file-list-prefix on MS-DOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28759
diff changeset
113 (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
114 You can customize `auto-save-list-prefix' to change this location.
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
115
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
116 ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
117 on the display using several methods
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
118
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
119 - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
120 a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
121 be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
122
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
123 - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
124 equivalent ot specifying the frame parameter.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
125
28870
b3629cc23098 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28855
diff changeset
126 - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
127
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
128 - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
129 the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
130
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
131 ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
132 an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
133 command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
134 does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
135
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
136 ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
28757
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
137 `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
138 typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
139
28396
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
140 ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
141 characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
142
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
143 ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
144 compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
145 this behavior.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
146
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
147 The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs' byte
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
148 compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
149 Emacs dump core.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
150
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
151 ** New X resources recognized
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
152
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
153 *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
154 whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
155 is useful for debugging X problems.
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
156
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
157 Example:
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
158
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
159 emacs.synchronous: true
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
160
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
161 *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
162 visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
163 the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
164 and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
165 visual class names are
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
166
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
167 TrueColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
168 PseudoColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
169 DirectColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
170 StaticColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
171 GrayScale
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
172 StaticGray
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
173
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
174 Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
175 `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
176 meaning.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
177
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
178 The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
179 supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
180 `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
181 visual.
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
182
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
183 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
184
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
185 emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
186
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
187 *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
188 specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
189 default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
190 resource values are `true' or `on'.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
191
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
192 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
193
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
194 emacs.privateColormap: true
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
195
27966
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
196 ** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
197 more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
198 now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
199
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
200 ** User-option `show-cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
201 display the cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
202 shown, if non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown. This option can
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
203 be customized.
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
204
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
205 ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
206
27473
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
207 ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
208 all frames except the selected one.
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
209
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
210 ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
211 to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
212
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
213 ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
30482
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
214 the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
215 MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
216 displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
217
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
218 ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
219 MS-DOS version of Emacs.
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
220
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
221 ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
222 read mail from the menu etc.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
223
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
224 ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
225 a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
226
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
227 ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
228
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
229 ** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
230 macros
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
231
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
232 Key binding Macro
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
233 -------------------------
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
234 C-c C-c C-s @strong
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
235 C-c C-c C-e @emph
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
236 C-c C-c u @url
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
237 C-c C-c q @quotation
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
238 C-c C-c m @email
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
239
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
240 ** Changes in Outline mode.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
241
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
242 There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
243 `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
244 the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
245
30788
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
246 ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
247
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
248 *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
249 The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
250 use. Default is 1000.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
251
27200
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
252 ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
253 groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
254
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
255 ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either M-x clone-buffer
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
256 or C-u m <entry> RET. M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
257 several other special buffers.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
258
26432
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
259 ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
260 under XFree86. To enable this, simply put (mwheel-install) in your
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
261 .emacs file.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
262
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
263 The variables `mwheel-follow-mouse' and `mwheel-scroll-amount'
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
264 determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
265
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
266 ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
267 abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
268 `directory-abbrev-alist'.
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
269
26322
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
270 ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
271 is running in batch mode. For example,
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
272
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
273 (message "%s" (read t))
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
274
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
275 will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
276 to standard output.
9d7f261d1841 Reading from mini-buffer reads from stdin if noninteractive.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26306
diff changeset
277
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 ** Faces and frame parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 `scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 `default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
290 `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 `default' face and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
25951
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
293 ** New face `menu'.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
294
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
295 The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
296 Setting the font of LessTif/Motif menus is currently not supported;
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
297 attempts to set the font are ignored in this case.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
298
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 the screen gamma of a frame's display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 `ScreenGamma'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 specify a font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329 Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 under Lisp changes, below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 ** New default font is Courier 12pt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 ** When using a windowing terminal, Emacs window now has a cursor of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 its own. When the window is selected, the cursor is solid; otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 it is hollow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 ** Bitmap areas to the left and right of windows are used to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 customizing face `fringe'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 can change its appearance by modifying the face `modeline'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 ** LessTif support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 Emacs now runs with LessTif (see <http://www.lesstif.org>). You will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 need a version 0.88.1 or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 ** Toolkit scroll bars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 Emacs now uses toolkit scrollbars if available. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scrollbar. Otherwise, when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373 add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376 `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 image configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379 Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385 Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 ** Busy-cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 Emacs can optionally display a busy-cursor under X. You can turn the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 ** Blinking cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 the group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416 have to do anything to activate it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 ** Tabs and variable-width text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
28677
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
431 The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
432 LessTif/Motif one.
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
433
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
434 *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
435 LessTif and Motif.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 ** Hscrolling in C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
439 Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
440 `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
441 customized.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 Different parts of the mode line under X have been made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 mouse-sensitive. Moving the mouse to a mouse-sensitive part in the mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 line changes the appearance of the mouse pointer to an arrow, and help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 about available mouse actions is displayed either in the echo area, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 in the tooltip window if you have enabled one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 Currently, the following actions have been defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line switches between two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 - Mouse-2 on the buffer-name switches to the next buffer, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 M-mouse-2 switches to the previous buffer in the buffer list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name displays a buffer menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
466 - Mouse-2 on the read-only status in the mode line (`%' or `*')
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 toggles the read-only status.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 - Mouse-3 on the mode name display a minor-mode menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
474 from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479 Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
484 attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
485 on terminals.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
489 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
30121
f67697912c81 Correct a typo ("aka as" -> "a.k.a.").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30111
diff changeset
490 driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
491 supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520 fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 notably at the end of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
533 There is a new command M-x replace-rectangle.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
534
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 after each match to get the replacement text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
539 ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
540 you edit the replacement string.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
541
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
542 ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB', let's
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
543 you complete mail aliases in the text, analogous to
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
544 lisp-complete-symbol.
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
545
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
548 If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
549 longer than one line, Emacs now resizes the minibuffer window unless
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
550 it is on a frame of its own. You can control the maximum minibuffer
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
551 window size by setting the following variable:
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 - User option: max-mini-window-height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 specifies a number of lines. If nil, don't resize.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 Default is 0.25.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
561 ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
562
27017
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
563 ** Changes to hideshow.el
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
564
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
565 Hideshow is now at version 5.x. It uses a new algorithms for block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
566 selection and traversal and includes more isearch support.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
567
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
568 *** Generalized block selection and traversal
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
569
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
570 A block is now recognized by three things: its start and end regexps
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
571 (both strings), and a match-data selector (an integer) specifying
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
572 which sub-expression in the start regexp serves as the place where a
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
573 `forward-sexp'-like function can operate. Hideshow always adjusts
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
574 point to this sub-expression before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
575 (which for most modes evaluates to `forward-sexp').
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
576
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
577 If the match-data selector is not specified, it defaults to zero,
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
578 i.e., the entire start regexp is valid, w/ no prefix. This is
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
579 backwards compatible with previous versions of hideshow. Please see
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
580 the docstring for variable `hs-special-modes-alist' for details.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
581
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
582 *** Isearch support for updating mode line
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
583
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
584 During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active, hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
585 blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' records the
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
586 line at the beginning of the opened block (preceding the hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
587 portion of the buffer), and the mode line is refreshed. When a block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
588 is re-hidden, the variable is set to nil.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
589
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
590 To show `hs-headline' in the mode line, you may wish to include
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
591 something like this in your .emacs.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
592
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
593 (add-hook 'hs-minor-mode-hook
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
594 (lambda ()
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
595 (add-to-list 'mode-line-format 'hs-headline)))
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
596
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
597 ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
598
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
599 If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes an
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
600 entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
601 log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
602
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
603 New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the current
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
604 buffer, fixing old-style date formats if necessary.
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
605
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
606 Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log entries
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
607 if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
608
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
609 The search for a file's version number is performed based on regular
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
610 expressions from `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
611 cutomized. Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
612 a file.
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
613
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
614 ** Changes in Font Lock
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
615
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
616 *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
617 font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
618 mode.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
619
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
620 ** Comint (subshell) changes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
621
30650
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
622 By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp' to
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
623 distiguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which parts of
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
624 the text were output by the process, and which entered by the user, and
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
625 attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use this information.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
626 Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line, respect field
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
627 boundaries in a fairly natural manner.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
628 To disable this feature, and use the old behavior, set the variable
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
629 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' to a non-nil value.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
630
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
631 Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
632 and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
633
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
634 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
635 buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
636 buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
637
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
638 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
639 M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
640 the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
641
30759
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
642 Packages based on comint.el like shell-mode, and scheme-interaction-mode
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
643 now highlight user input and program prompts, and support choosing
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
644 previous input with mouse-2. To control these feature, see the
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
645 user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
646
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
647 ** Changes to Rmail mode
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
648
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
649 *** The new user-option rmail-rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
650 set to fine tune the identification of of the correspondent when
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
651 receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
652 recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
653 `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
654 as correspondent.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
655
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
656 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
657 mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
658 regexp matching your mail addresses.
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
659
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
660 *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
661 to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
662 Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
663 with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
664 for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
665
27361
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
666 *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
667 like `j'.
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
668
27381
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
669 *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
670 specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
27378
af3075bcc264 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27369
diff changeset
671 digest message.
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
672
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
673 *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
674 in which folder to put messages automatically.
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
675
26271
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
676 ** Changes to TeX mode
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
677
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
678 The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
679 `latex-mode'.
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
680
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 *** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 can be edited from that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 `A' to use all marked entries).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 been cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701
26684
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
702 ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
703 The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
704 semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
705 in column 1 are always made leaves.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
706
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 has the following new features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 defaults to 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
722 ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
29676
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
723 file names.
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
724
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 ** Tooltips.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 mouse position. To use them, use the Lisp package `tooltip' which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 can access via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 ** Customize changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 *** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
26096
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
739 `State' menu to add comments. Note that customization comments will
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
740 cause the customizations to fail in earlier versions of Emacs.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 default).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745
26834
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
746 *** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
747 between custom options. Example:
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
748
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
749 (defcustom default-input-method nil
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
750 "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
751 This is the input method activated automatically by the command
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
752 `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
753 :group 'mule
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
754 :type '(choice (const nil) string)
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
755 :set-after '(current-language-environment))
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
756
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
757 This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
758 current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
759 first in a custom-set-variables statement.
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
760
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 ** New features in evaluation commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
763 *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
769 *** The function `eval-defun' (M-C-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
770 code when called with a prefix argument.
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
771
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
772 ** Ispell changes
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
773
30568
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
774 *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
775 transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
776 spell-checks the current buffer.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
777
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 ** Dired changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 is, delete only empty directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 copy directories recursively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
788 *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
789 in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
790 the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
791
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
792 *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
793 replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
794 directory.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
795
30278
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
796 *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `w') shows
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
797 a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
798 This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
799 will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
800 accurate or inaccurate as it is.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
801
30415
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
802 *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
803 from ls switches.
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
804
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 use the -f option when sending mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
808 ** CC mode changes.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
809
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
810 Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
811 current user setups (although it's believed that these
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
812 incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
813 However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
814 back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
815 compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
816 release.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
817
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
818 *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
819 This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
820 of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
821 non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
822 want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
823 have to bother.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
824
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
825 Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
826 situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
30445
507cbd3f9296 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30415
diff changeset
827 and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
828 If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
829 the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
830 by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
831
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
832 *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
833 When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
834 variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
835 take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
836 is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
837 settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
838 possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
839 Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
840
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
841 By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
842 special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
843 the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
844 of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
845 above.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
846
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
847 Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
848 when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
849 function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
850 call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
851 then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
852 values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
853 only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
854 function documentation for more info.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
855
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
856 The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
857 especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
858 with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
859 intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
860 such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
861 is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
862 configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
863 global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
864
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
865 (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
866
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
867 **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
868 This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
869
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
870 This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
871 variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
872 completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
873 the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
874 empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
875 style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
876
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
877 **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
878 In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
879 c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
880 as far as possible.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
881
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
882 *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
883 CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
884 surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
885 chapter about this in the manual.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
886
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
887 **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
888 The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
889 recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
890 primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
891 adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
892
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
893 **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
894 This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
895 c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
896
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
897 **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
898 This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
899
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
900 It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
901 Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
902 A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
903 inside CC Mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
904
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
905 Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
906 causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
907 the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
908 available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
909 cc-mode/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
910
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
911 **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
912 The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
913 specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
914 literals.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
915
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
916 **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
917 It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
918 prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
919 you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
920 this function.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
921
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
922 *** Fixes to IDL mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
923 It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
924 to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
925 struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
926 Thanks to Eric Eide.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
927
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
928 *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
929 It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
930 opening braces hangs and when they don't.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
931
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
932 **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
933
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
934 *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
935 See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
936 better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
937 and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
938
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
939 *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
940 previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
941 the column specified by comment-column.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
942
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
943 *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
944 In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
945 is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
946 prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
947 contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
948 don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
949
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
950 *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
951 instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
952 arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
953
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
954 *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
955
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
956 *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
957 c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
958 c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
959 variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
960 Provan).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
961
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
962 *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
963
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
964 ** Makefile mode changes
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
965
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
966 *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
967
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
968 *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
969 Fontlock mode is active.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
970
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
971 ** Isearch changes
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
972
30477
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
973 *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
974 so that searches can be resumed.
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
975
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
976 *** In Isearch mode, M-C-s and M-C-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
977 respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
978 that started the search.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
979
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
980 *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
983 *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
984
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
985 Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
986 `isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
987 search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
988 before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
989 highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
990 `secondary-selection'.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
991
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
992 The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
993 will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
994 Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
995 using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
996 usual snappy response.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
997
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
998 If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
999 matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1000 set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1001 isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1002
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1003 ** Changes in sort.el
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1004
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1005 The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
27533
6dfbe5197843 A typo ("ocatal" instead of "octal").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27498
diff changeset
1006 as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1007 new user-option sort-numberic-base can be used to specify a default
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1008 numeric base.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1009
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1010 ** Changes to Ange-ftp
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1011
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1012 *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
25929
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1013 names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1014 sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1015
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1016 *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1017 ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1018
30518
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1019 *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1020 output ^M at the end of lines.
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1021
25984
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1022 ** Shell script mode changes.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1023
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1024 Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1025 derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizeable, and
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1026 sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1027
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1028 ** Etags changes.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1029
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1030 *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1031
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1032 *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1033 possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1034 {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1035 This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1036 a regular expression. The manual contains details.
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1037
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1038 *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1039 declarations when given the --declarations option.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1040
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1041 *** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1042 "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1043
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1044 *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1045 types.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1046
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1047 *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1048
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1049 *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1050
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1051 *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1052 are now tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1053
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1054 *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1055 variables are tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1056
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1057 *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1058
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1059 *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1060 for PSWrap.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1061
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1062 ** Changes in etags.el
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1063
28244
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1064 *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1065 tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1066 is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1067
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1068 *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1069 the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1070
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1071 If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1072 FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1073 TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1074 obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1075
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1076 TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1077
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1078 FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1079 List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1080
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1081 A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1082
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1083 '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1084 ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1085 ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1086
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1087 *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1088 of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1089
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1090 *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1091 names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1092
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1093 ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1094 and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1095 LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1096
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1097 ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1098 Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1099 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1100 There is currently no specific input method support for them.
26016
e60cddba180c latin-[89]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25995
diff changeset
1101
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
1102 ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1103 remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1104 appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1105
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1106 ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1107
26768
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1108 ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1109
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1110 ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignore-regexps'
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1111 containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1112 expression from that list, are not checked.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1113
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1114 ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1115 When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1116 and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1117 the buffer, just like for the local files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1118
30829
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1119 ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1120
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 ** New modes and packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1123 *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1124 intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1125 typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1126 on certain projects.
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1127
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1128 *** The new package hi-lock.el, text matching interactively entered
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1129 regexp's can be highlighted. For example,
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1130
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1131 M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1132
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1133 will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1134 face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1135 typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1136 Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1137 appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1138 current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1139 corresponding file is read.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1140
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1141 *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1142 Emacs is idle.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1143
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1144 *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1145 parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1146
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1147 *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1148 package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1149 be more robust while offering the same functionality.
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1150
28879
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1151 *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1152 facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1153 separate Texinfo file.
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1154
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1155 *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1156 or by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1157 provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1158 It comes with log-view-mode to view RCS and SCCS logs and log-edit-mode
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1159 used to enter checkin log messages.
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1160
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1161 *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1162 without invoking external programs.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1163
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1164 The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1165 and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1166 `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1167 is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
28955
6cfd3ddf0911 Correct a typo in description of `woman.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28946
diff changeset
1168 Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1169
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1170 The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1171 page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1172
28098
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1173 *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1174 authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1175
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1176 The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1177 the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1178 the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1179 Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1180 even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1181 single step.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1182
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1183 On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1184 matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1185 probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1186 contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1187
27644
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1188 *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1189 unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1190 actually modifying content of a buffer.
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1191
27498
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1192 *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1193 PostScript.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1194
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1195 Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1196
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1197 The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1198
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1199 ; comment (until end of line)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1200 A non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1201 "C" terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1202 ?C? special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1203 $A default non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1204 $"C" default terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1205 $?C? default special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1206 A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1207 C D sequence (C occurs before D)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1208 C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1209 A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1210 n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1211 (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1212 [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1213 C+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1214 {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1215 {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1216 {C} zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1217 C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1218 {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1219 {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1220 {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1221
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1222 Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1223
27328
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1224 *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1225 align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1226 determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1227 example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1228 equal signs of assignments.
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1229
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1230 *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1231 paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1232
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1233 *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1234 list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1235 buffer menu with this package. You can use M-x bs-customize to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1236 customize the package.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1237
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1238 *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1239
27733
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1240 *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1241 replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1242 is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1243 and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1244 not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1245 which answers different needs.
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1246
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1247 *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1248 suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1249 expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1250 course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1251 reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1252 to be enabled.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1253
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1254 *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1255 containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1256
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 *** hl-line.el provides a minor mode to highlight the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 Pascal) language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 the text at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270
25862
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1271 *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1272
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 *** whitespace.el ???
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274
25992
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1275 *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1276 files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1277 (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1278 interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1279 often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1280 uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1281 codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1282
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1283 *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1284
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1285 Here is an example of columns:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1286
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1287 horse apple bus
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1288 dog pineapple car EXTRA
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1289 porcupine strawberry airplane
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1290
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1291 Doing the following settings:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1292
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1293 (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1294 (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1295 (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1296 (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1297
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1298
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1299 Selecting the lines above and typing:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1300
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1301 M-x delimit-columns-region
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1302
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1303 It results:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1304
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1305 [ horse , apple , bus , ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1306 [ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1307 [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1308
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1309 delim-col has the following options:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1310
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1311 delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1312 before all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1313
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1314 delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1315 between each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1316
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1317 delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1318 after all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1319
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1320 delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1321 each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1322
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1323 delim-col has the following commands:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1324
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1325 delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1326 delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1327
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1328 *** The package recentf.el maintains a menu for visiting files that
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1329 were operated on recently.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1330
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1331 M-x recentf-mode RET toggles recentf mode.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1332
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1333 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-mode RET can be used to enable
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1334 recentf at Emacs startup.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1335
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1336 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-menu-filter RET to specify a menu
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1337 filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the recent
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1338 file list can be displayed:
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1339
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1340 - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1341 - sorted by file pathes, file names, ascending or descending.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1342 - showing pathes relative to the current default-directory
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1343
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1344 The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1345 dynamically change the menu appearance.
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1346
26149
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1347 *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1348 text.
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1349
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1350 *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
26786
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1351 of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1352 specific to Message mode.
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1353
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1354 *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1355 viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1356 with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1357
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1358 *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1359 interface to access directory servers using different directory
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1360 protocols. It has a separate manual.
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1361
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1362 *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1363 for Autoconf, selected automatically.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1364
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1365 *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
28855
1be9a502caca Cleaned some left over bogus conflict markers.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28854
diff changeset
1366
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1367 *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1368 minibuffer with completion.
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1369
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1370 *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1371 with the diary features.
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1372
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1373 *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1374 numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1375
29814
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1376 *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1377 Fill mode.
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1378
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 ** Withdrawn packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 *** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
26133
5eb182b0c724 eval-reg removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26107
diff changeset
1383
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1384 *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1385
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1386 *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1387
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1388
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1389 * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1390 (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1391
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1392 ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1393 will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1394 frame or window.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1395
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1396 ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1397 were added
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1398
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1399 - Function: remove ELT SEQ
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1400
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1401 Return a copy of SEQ with all occurences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1402 a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1403
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1404 - Function: remq ELT LIST
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1405
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1406 Return a copy of LIST with all occurences of ELT removed. The
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1407 comparison is done with `eq'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1408
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1409 ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
30511
2ac427297d38 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30502
diff changeset
1410
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1411 ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1412 has been changed.
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1413
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1414 ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1415 without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1416 convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1417
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1418 ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1419 or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
30203
34881d6fc1f6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30158
diff changeset
1420
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1421 ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1422 function was declared obsolete.
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1423
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1424 ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1425 retained as an alias).
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1426
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1427 ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1428 It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1429 is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1430
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1431 ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1432
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1433 - Function: window-list &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1434
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1435 Return a list of windows in canonical order. The parameters WINDOW,
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1436 MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES are defined like for `next-window'.
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1437
30006
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1438 ** There's a new function `some-window' defined as follows
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1439
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1440 - Function: some-window PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1441
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1442 Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1443
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1444 This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1445 calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1446 argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1447 value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1448 returned.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1449
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1450 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1451 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1452 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1453 minibuffer even if it is active.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1454
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1455 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1456 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1457 too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1458 and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1459 `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1460 entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1461
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1462 ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1463 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1464 ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1465 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1466 ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1467 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1468 Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1469
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1470 ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1471 event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1472 argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
29657
cdef08609770 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29637
diff changeset
1473
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1474 ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1475 call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
30290
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1476 message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1477 Default value is nil.
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1478
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1479 ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
29633
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1480 meaning no limit.
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1481
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1482 ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1483 coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1484 DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1485
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1486 ** The function `subr-arity' provides information on the argument list
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1487 of a primitive.
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1488
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1489 ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1490 buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1491 This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1492 than replacing the local map.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1493
29381
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1494 ** The obsolete variables before-change-function and
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1495 after-change-function are no longer acted upon and have been removed.
29498
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1496
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1497 ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1498
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1499 ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments, as
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1500 promised long ago.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1501
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1502 ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1511 *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1512 `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1513 when it finds 8-bit characters. Previously, it included `ascii' in a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1514 multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1515
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1516 *** The functions `set-buffer-modified', `string-as-multibyte' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1517 `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer if it
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1518 contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1519
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1520 *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1521 changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1522 [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1523 regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1524 the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1525 extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1526 bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1527 eight-bit-graphic.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1528
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1529 ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1530
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1531 A fontset can now be specified for for each independent character, for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1532 a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1533 character set as previously.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1534
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1535 *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1536 They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1537 modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1538
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1539 CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1540 characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1541 range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1542 case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1543
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1544 FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1545 name of a font and REGSITRY is a registry name of a font.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1546
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1547 *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1548 registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1549 "fontset-default".
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1550
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1551 *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1552 argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1553
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1554 ** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1555 composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1556 buffers and strings.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1557
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1558 *** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1559 character' which is an independent character with a unique character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1560 code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1561 have been deleted: composite-char-component,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1562 composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1563 composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1564 The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1565 also been deleted.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1566
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1567 *** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1568 specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1569 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1570
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1571 *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1572 MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1573 composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1574 may differ between buffer and string text.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1575
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1576 *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1577 COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1578
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1579 *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1580 directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1581 Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1582 `composition' from STRING.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1583
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1584 *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1585 a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1586
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1587 *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1588 obsolete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1589
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1590 ** The new character set `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' is introduced for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1591 Unicode characters of the range U+0100..U+24FF. Currently, this
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1592 character set is not used.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1593
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1594 ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1595 `japanese-jisx0213-2' are introduced for the new Japanese standard JIS
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1596 X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1597
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1598 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1599 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1600 are introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1601 0xA0..0xFF respectively.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1602
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1603 +++
28847
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1604 ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1605 that offset in the file before writing.
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1606
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1607 ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1608 compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
1609
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1610 ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1611 `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1612 from which the command was issued.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1613
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1614 ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1615 `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1616 `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1617 additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1618 operate on.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1619
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1620 ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1621 to `window-buffer-height'.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1622
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1623 - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1624
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1625 Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1626 The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1627 lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1628
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1629 Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1630 respectively.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1631
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1632 If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optinal third argument
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1633 COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1634
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1635 The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1636 obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1637 on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1638
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1639 Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1640 buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1641 possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1642 is currently displayed in some window.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1643
28556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1644 ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1645 argument function's results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1646
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1647 ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1648 signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1649
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1650 ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1651 header is the list of headers passed to it.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1652
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1653 ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1654 ignores differences in case and text representation.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1655
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1656 ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
28323
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1657 cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1658 as follows:
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1659
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1660 t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1661 nil don't display a cursor
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1662 `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1663 (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1664 others display a box cursor.
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1665
28303
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1666 ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1667 an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1668 defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1669 set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1670
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1671 ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1672 specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1673 the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1674 text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1675
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1676 Example:
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1677
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1678 (string-to-syntax "()")
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1679 => (4 . 41)
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1680
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1681 ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1682 other than 10.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1683
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1684 *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1685 INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1686
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1687 #b1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1688 => 15
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1689 #b-1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1690 => -15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1691
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1692 *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1693
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1694 #o666
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1695 => 438
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1696
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1697 *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1698
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1699 #xbeef
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1700 => 48815
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1701
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1702 *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1703
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1704 #2R-111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1705 => -7
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1706 #25rah
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1707 => 267
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1708
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1709 ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1710 the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
28037
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1711 and isn't a string.
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1712
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1713 ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1714 a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1715 value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1716 not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1717
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1718 +++
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1719 ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1720
28149
fd72698178e7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28140
diff changeset
1721 ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1722 for a regexp in a string.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1723
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1724 ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1725 `mouse-position-function'.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1726
27827
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1727 ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1728 that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1729
27820
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1730 ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1731 Keywords are now always considered constants.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1732
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1733 +++
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1734 ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1735 returns it.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1736
27276
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1737 ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1738 returned by function `recent-keys'.
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1739
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1740 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1741 ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1742 can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1743 Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding M-C-a
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1744 etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1745 mode.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1746
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1747 +++
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1748 ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1749 and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1750
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1751 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1752 ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1753 has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1754 function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1755 returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1756 been performed."
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1757
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1758 When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1759 and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1760 hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1761 then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1762
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1763 +++
26737
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1764 ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1765 In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1766 and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1767
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1768 +++
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1769 ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1770 with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1771 specified table.
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1772
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1773 (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1774
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1775 Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
26541
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1776 TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1777 saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1778 what BODY returns.
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1779
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1780 +++
27693
d8bedafef8d5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27644
diff changeset
1781 ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
28063
f1b33463506d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28051
diff changeset
1782 Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1783
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1784 +++
26397
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1785 ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1786 removed since it wasn't used by anything.
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
1787
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1788 +++
26360
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1789 ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1790 instead of being optional.
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
1791
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1792 +++
26277
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1793 ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1794 modify read-only text.
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
1795
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1796 +++
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1797 ** New functions and variables for locales.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1798
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1799 The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1800 decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1801 time functions like strftime. The new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1802 `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1803 locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1804
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1805 The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1806 environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1807 the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1808 environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1809 not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1810 `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
1811 `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1812
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1813 +++
26107
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1814 ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1815 To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1816 modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1817 start sequences.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
1818
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1819 +++
25910
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1820 ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1821 because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
1822
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1823 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 ** New function `propertize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 strings with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 specified value of that property. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 ** push and pop macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1841 Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1842 are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 as the place that holds the list to be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 (push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 (pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1849 ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1850
27387
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
1851 Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
1852 are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1853
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1854 (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1855 Execute body once for each element of LIST,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1856 using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1857 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1858
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1859 (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1860 Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1861 inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1862 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1863
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 as [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 [:digit:] matches 0 through 9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 [:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 [:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 [:blank:] matches space and tab only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 [:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 space, and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874 [:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 [:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 [:alpha:] matches letters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 [:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 [:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 [:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 [:punct:] matches punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 [:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 [:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 [:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 The following functions are defined for hash tables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 are optional. The following arguments are defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 :test TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 :size SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 :weakness WEAK
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1929 WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1930 `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1931 `key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1932 collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1933 outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 - Function: makehash &optional TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 values are shared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 Returns the size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1964 - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 - Function: clrhash TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 Clear TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1981 - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 arguments KEY and VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 - Function: sxhash OBJ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2003 comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 (sxhash (upcase a)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2022 (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 'case-fold-string-hash))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 a cons cell which is its own cdr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 is too short to reach that column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 ** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 to specify which buffer to return the size of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 calendar-move-hook after moving point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 temporary-file-directory instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 ** assoc-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 elements of an alist which have a particular value as the car.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 to get an error if the file exists at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 string where arguments appear in the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 (s2 "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2120 (format s1 s2))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 argument in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 (arg "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 (message msg arg))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 (*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 to enable sound support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 sound to play, before playing the sound.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 The following sound properties are supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 - `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 searched relative to `data-directory'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159
27148
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2160 - `:data DATA'
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2161
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2162 DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2163 may be present, but not both.
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2164
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 - `:volume VOLUME'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 0..1. This property is optional.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Other properties are ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
26933
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2173
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2174 ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2175 a keyword symbol.
27145
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2176
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2177 ** Changes to garbage collection
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2178
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2179 *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2180 of live and free strings.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2181
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2182 *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2183 strings that have been consed so far.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2184
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2186 * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2187 Lisp Manual
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2188
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2189 +++
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2190 ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
29939
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2191
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2192 ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2193 image.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2194
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2195 - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2196
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2197 Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2198
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2199 SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2200 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2201 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2202 font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2203 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2204
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2205 ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2206 satisfying one of a list of specifications.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2207
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2208 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2209 ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2210 optional.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2211
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2212 ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center'.
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2213
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2214 When this property is specified, the image is vertically centered
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2215 around a centerline which would be the vertical center of text drawn
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2216 at the position of the image, in the manner specified by the text
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2217 properties and overlays that apply to the image.
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2218
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2219
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226
28634
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2227 ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2228 to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2229
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2230 Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2231 text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2232 is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2233 your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2234 laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2235 just display it black instead.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2236
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2237 This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2238 a line like
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2239
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2240 (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2241
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2242 in your `.emacs'.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2243
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 ** New face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 *** New faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 Each face can specify the following display attributes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2255
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2258
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 3. Font height in 1/10pt
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2260
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2262
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2264
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 6. Foreground color.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2266
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 7. Background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each each of the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 attributes mentioned above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 created frames.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2293
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 `fully-specified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 *** Face merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 results in a fully-specified face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 *** Face realization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 cache of the frame on which it was realized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 ++++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 **** Clearing face caches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 unused fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 *** Font selection.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2350
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 match for the given face attributes in this font list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 Font selection can be influenced by the user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 Setting `face-alternative-font-family-alist' allows the user to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 specify alternative font families to try if a family specified by a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 face doesn't exist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 **** Scalable fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 servers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 To enable scalable font use, set the variable
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2387 `scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 that list. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 of the face font sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2417 - Function: x-font-family-list
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 - Variable: font-list-limit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 matching font. The default is currently 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 *** Setting face attributes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 `face-attribute'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 The following attributes are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 `:family'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 and `?' are allowed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 `:width'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 `:height'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 VALUE must be an integer specifying the height of the font to use in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 1/10 pt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 `:weight'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 `:slant'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 `reverse-oblique'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 `:foreground', `:background'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 VALUE must be a color name, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 `:underline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 don't underline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 `:overline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 overline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 `:strike-through'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 `:box'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 `:inverse-video'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 `:stipple'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 `:font'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 versions of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 `defface'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 *** Face attributes and X resources
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 from X resources:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 Face attribute X resource class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2569 or attributeBackgroundPixmap
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 *** Text property `face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 specification can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 for face attribute names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2597 The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2598 on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2599 the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 default. You can get defined colors with a call to
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2601 `defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 used to clear the mapping table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2604 ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2605
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2606 The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2607 and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2608 type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2609 color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2610 display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2611 old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2612 `x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2613 compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2614 should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2615 modify their color-related behavior.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2616
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2617 The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2618 any frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2619
27573
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2620 ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2621
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2622 The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2623 `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2624 `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2625 `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2626 `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2627 `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2628 display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2629 the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2630 platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2631
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2634
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 The function minubuffer-prompt-end returns the current position of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 Otherwise, it returns zero.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2641 ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2642
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2643 There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2644 buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2645 property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2646
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2647 Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2648 forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2649 to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2650 not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
27144
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2651 commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2652 boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2653 `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2654 functions.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2655
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2656 Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2657 a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2658 editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2660 The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2661
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2662 - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2663
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2664 Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2665
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2666 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2667 If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2668 constrained position if that is is different.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2669
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2670 If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2671 positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2672 ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2673 constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2674 as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2675 is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2676 fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2677 the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2678 also considered to be `on the boundary'.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2679
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2680 If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2681 NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2682 unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2683 C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2684 only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2685
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2686 If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2687 a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2688
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2689 Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2690
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2691 - Function: delete-field &optional POS
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2692
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2693 Delete the field surrounding POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2694 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2695 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2696
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2697 - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2698
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2699 Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2700 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2701 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2702 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2703 field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2704
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2705 - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2706
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2707 Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2708 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2709 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2710 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2711 then the end of the *following* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2712
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2713 - Function: field-string &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2714
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2715 Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2716 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2717 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2718
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2719 - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2720
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2721 Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2722 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2723 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2724
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 ** Image support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 replaces the display of the characters having that property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 IMAGE is an image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 *** Image specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
26403
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2746 symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2747 described below are ignored.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 The following is a list of properties all image types share.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 `:ascent ASCENT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2753 ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2754 If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2755 to use for its ascent.
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2756
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2757 If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2758 image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2759
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2760 If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2761 centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2762 of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2763 overlays that apply to the image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 `:margin MARGIN'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2767 MARGIN must be a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put as
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 margin around the image. Default is 0.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 `:relief RELIEF'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 around an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 `:algorithm ALGO'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it. ALGO must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 be a symbol specifying the algorithm. Currently only `laplace' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 supported which applies a Laplace edge detection algorithm to an image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 which is intended to display images "disabled."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 `:heuristic-mask BG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 If BG is not nil, build a clipping mask for the image, so that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 background of a frame is visible behind the image. If BG is t,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 determine the background color of the image by looking at the 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occuring color from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 the corners is the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 be a list `(RED GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 background of the image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 may be present in the image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2799 `:data DATA'
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2800
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2801 Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2802 supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2803 present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2804 support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2805
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 *** Supported image types
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2808 **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 properties supported are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 `:foreground FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 is the frame's foreground.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 `:background FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 the frame's background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 case, the image specification must contain the following properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 `:width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 `:height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 `:data DATA'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 DATA must be either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846
28748
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2847 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2848 height may be specified in this case because these are defined
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2849 in the file.
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
2850
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 **** XPM, image type `xpm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 to display compressed images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 **** PBM, image type `pbm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 mono images are supported. There are no additional image properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
27055
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
2881 package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. Additional image properties
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
2882 are:
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
2883
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 **** GIF, image type `gif'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 `:index INDEX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 multi-image GIF file. An error is signalled if INDEX is too large.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 every 0.1 seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 (defun show-anim (file max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 (when (= idx max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 (setq idx 0))
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
2914 (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 (save-excursion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 (set-buffer buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 (goto-char (point-min))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 (insert-image img "x"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 **** PNG, image type `png'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 `:pt-width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2935 integer. This is a required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937 `:pt-height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2940 must be a integer. This is an required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942 `:bounding-box BOX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945 the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 files. This is an required property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948 Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949 lisp/gs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951 *** Lisp interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2953 The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2954 which are supported in the current configuration.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957 they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
28759
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
2959 manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
2960 images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 *** Simplified image API, image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 define an image based on available image types. The functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 ** Display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 and images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978 `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 `set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981 `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 of the display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 in this file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 ** Help display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996 `help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2997 that have a `help-echo' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
2999 If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
30305
84ff1994e9d1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30296
diff changeset
3000 is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3001 the window in which the help was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3002
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3003 If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3004 `help-echo' text property was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3005
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3006 If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3007 POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3008
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3009 If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
3010 the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3011 mouse.
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3012
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3013 If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3014 string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3015
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3016 For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3017 determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3018 property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3019 For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3020 used as help string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3023 the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3024 causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027 ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032 The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3038 (global-set-key [A-down]
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3039 #'(lambda ()
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3041 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3043 (global-set-key [A-up]
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 #'(lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3046 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052 Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 is called with one argument, POS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 *** Tool bar item definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 `tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3078
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 property (see below).
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3083
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 binding are currently ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 The following properties are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 `:enable FORM'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3090
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 or disabled.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3093
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 `:visible FORM'
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3095
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3097
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 `:filter FUNCTION'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 used instead of BINDING to display this item.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3103
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3108
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 `:image IMAGES'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113 meaning of each of the four elements:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 Index Use when item is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 ----------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 0 enabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 1 enabled and deselected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 2 disabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 3 disabled and deselected
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3121
28946
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3122 If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3123 algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3124
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 `:help HELP-STRING'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3126
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 *** Tool-bar-related variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 than 1/4 of the frame's size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3136 If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 raised when the mouse moves over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 pixels. Default is 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3149 a tool bar item. If
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 '(menu-item "Shell" shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153 :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 is the original tool bar item definition, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 ** Mode line changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 a `local-map' text property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184
26359
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3185 *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3186 evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3187
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 variable mode-line-format to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195 This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 `default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 `header-line'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 position in the header-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 ** Text property `display'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 The `display' text property is used to insert images into text, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 also control other aspects of how text displays. The value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 `display' property should be a display specification, as described
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 *** Variable width and height spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 simpler form STRETCH as property value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 properties described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 characters having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 - :width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 - :relative-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 width of that character by FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 - :align-to HPOS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 normal line height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 - :relative-height FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 - :ascent ASCENT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 equal to 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 *** Images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 in the display, the characters having this display specification in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 as display specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 *** Other display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 - :space-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287 should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 integer or float.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 a font is available counts as a step.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 as tall as the frame's default font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 `height' bound to the current specified font height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 - :raise FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 `:height' subproperty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 *** Conditional display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 has the form `(:when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 applies only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 During evaluattion, point is temporarily set to the end position of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 the text having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 `(:when t SPEC)'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 ** New menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 to specify other menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 separator occurs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 A single line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 A double line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 A single line with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 the corresponding single-line separators.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397 `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 default background is the background color of the frame, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 default foreground is black.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 `ScrollBarBackground').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 settings for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 the original window start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 temporarily to nil, for example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 (enlarge-window 10))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3449 Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450 or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
28094
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3451
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3452 ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3453 terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3454 to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3455 overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3456 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3457 support a vertical-bar cursor).
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
3458
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
3460 * For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 Copyright information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464
27200
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
3465 Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 of this document, or of portions of it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 under the above conditions, provided also that they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 Local variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 mode: outline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 end: